MODEL FO-CC500 E L I M CSI FA L OPER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
inbu.fm Page 1 Friday, May 23, 2003 3:36 PM Introduction Welcome, and thank you for choosing a SHARP FO-CC500 fax machine and cordless handset! In addition to the cordless handset that comes with the fax machine, you can purchase up to three accessory cordless handsets. The cordless handsets can be used for intercom and walkie-talkie communication (even away from the fax machine), and each cordless handset has its own personal box in the answering system. Fax machine and general specifications.
all.book 2 Page 2 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Halftone (grayscale) 64 levels Compression scheme MR, MH, MMR Applicable telephone line Public switched telephone network Paper tray capacity Approx.
all.book Page 3 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Cordless handset specifications Frequency 2.4 GHz (2.405 to 2.475 GHz) Dimensions Width: 46 mm Depth: 42 mm Height: 180 mm (not including antenna) Weight Approx. 115 g (without battery) Battery 3.6 V Ni-MH battery; capacity: 850 mAh Power consumption Approx. 1.6 W in standby mode (after charging) Initial charging time Approx. 10 hours for initial charge Battery life Approx. 4 hours (240 minutes) (at room temp.
all.book Page 4 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM - The machine produces odors, smoke, or unusual noises. - The power cord is frayed or damaged. - The machine has been dropped or the housing damaged. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord, and do not install the machine where people may walk on the power cord. This machine must only be connected to a 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz, earthed (2-prong) outlet. Connecting it to any other kind of outlet will damage the machine and invalidate the warranty.
all.book Page 5 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Table of Contents A Look at the Operation Panel 1. Installation Unpacking Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading the Imaging Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading Printing Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
all.book Page 6 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Table of Contents Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Sending a Fax From Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5. Receiving Faxes 85 Using TEL/FAX Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Using A.M. Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Using FAX Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
all.book Page 7 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM A Look at the Operation Panel Fax machine 1 2 3 4 5 6 ABC UP TEL FAX REC/ MEMO 1 PLAY GHI INTERCOM Z A PQRS RESOLUTION/ REDIAL RECEPTION MODE STOP 2 7 3 MNO 5 TUV 6 WXYZ 8 9 COPY/HELP START/MEMORY FUNCTION 9 10 11 12 0 SPEAKER D OW N 8 DEF JKL 4 TEL/FAX A.M. 7 REPEAT 13 14 15 SKIP 16 DELETE 17 1 Display This displays messages and prompts to help you operate the machine.
all.book Page 8 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 8 STOP key Press this key to cancel an operation before it is completed. 9 COPY/HELP key When a document is in the feeder, press this key to make a copy of a document. At any other time, press this key to print out the Help List, a quick reference guide to the operation of your fax machine. 10 START/MEMORY key Press this key after dialling to begin fax transmission. Press this key before dialling to send a fax through memory.
all.book Page 9 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Monitoring phone conversations When speaking through the fax handset, you can press SPEAKER to allow a third person to listen to the conversation through the speaker. (To turn off the speaker, press SPEAKER again.) To adjust the volume of the speaker when monitoring a conversation, press or (the volume reverts to the lowest setting each time the handset is replaced). Note that the speaker cannot be used for speaking; it is only for listening.
all.book Page 10 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Cordless handset 1 2 12 3 13 4 FUNCTION /PAUSE 5 6 REVIEW UP START REMOTE /FLASH DOWN 7 8 9 4 GHI 2 ABC 3 DEF 5 JKL 6 MNO 15 16 23 RECEPTION 7 PQRS PLAY 8 TUV PLAY NEW 9 WXYZ STOP 0 REPEAT 10 22 SEARCH OFF TALK 1 14 INTER COM SKIP DELETE REDIAL HOLD 17 18 19 ERASE 11 20 21 1 Antenna 2 Display This displays messages and prompts to help you use the cordless handset.
all.book Page 11 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 5 TALK key Press this key to make or answer a call. 6 REVIEW (left) arrow key Press the REVIEW arrow key and then the UP or DOWN arrow key to scroll through your 30 most recent calls (only available if you have Caller ID). This key can also be used to move the cursor left when entering or editing an autodial number or name. 7 Number keys Use these keys to dial numbers, and enter numbers and letters when storing auto-dial numbers.
all.book 16 Page 12 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM RECEPTION key Press this key after pressing REMOTE /FLASH to change the reception mode on the fax machine. 17 STOP key Press this key to stop playback of messages. 18 DELETE Press this key while listening to a message to delete it. To delete all your messages, press this key after playback ends (while the display shows REMOTE MODE), followed by START . 19 HOLD/ERASE key Hold: Press this key during a call to put the other party on hold.
Page 13 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 1. Installation all.book 1. Installation Unpacking Checklist Before setting up, make sure you have all of the following items. Paper tray Handset Cordless handset If any are missing, contact your dealer or retailer.
all.book Page 14 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Setting Up Selecting a location for the fax machine To maximize the talking range of the cordless handset, we recommend installing the fax machine in a high and central location away from obstructions such as walls. High and central location with no obstructions Keep the fax machine away from other electrical appliances such as TVs, microwave ovens, computers, and other cordless phones. Do not place the machine in direct sunlight.
Page 15 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Connecting the handset Connect the handset as shown and place it on the handset rest. ♦ The ends of the handset cord are identical, so they will go into either socket. Make sure the handset cord goes into the socket marked with a handset symbol on the side of the machine! Use the handset to make ordinary phone calls, or to transmit and receive faxes manually.
all.book Page 16 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Connecting the telephone line cord Insert one end of the telephone line cord into the adapter. Insert the other end of the line cord into the socket on the back of the machine marked TEL. LINE. Plug the adapter into the telephone socket on the wall. TE L.L INE Setting the dial mode The fax machine is set for tone dialling. If you are on a pulse dial line, you must set the fax machine for pulse dialling.
Page 17 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Note: If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power surges, we recommend that you install surge protectors for the power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at most telephone specialty stores. Moving your fax and reconnecting Should it be necessary to move your fax to a new location, first disconnect the telephone line cord before disconnecting the power lead.
all.book Page 18 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Raising the base antenna Raise the base antenna to ensure clear communication with the cordless handset. Connecting the cordless handset charger 1 2 Connect the AC adapter to the cordless handset charger. Fit the cord into the holders. Plug the AC adapter into a standard 220 - 240 V AC outlet. Important: Never cover the charger and AC adapter with a blanket, cloth, or other material. Excessive heating may result and cause fire.
Page 19 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Installing the battery and charging the cordless handset 1 Connect the battery connector ➊, and then place the battery pack in the cordless handset. • Place the wires as shown. Red Black Red Black 2 Place the battery cover on the cordless handset, making sure it snaps firmly into place. • Make sure the wires are not caught or pinched by the cover. 3 Place the cordless handset in the charger with the dial pad facing forward.
all.book Page 20 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up When the battery needs charging, LOW BATTERY will appear in the display and you will hear beeps during a phone conversation. If you need to continue the conversation, transfer the call to the fax machine or another cordless handset (see page 46). Place the cordless handset in the charger and let it charge.
Page 21 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up Entering a name for the cordless handset You can enter a name for the cordless handset in the fax machine. ♦ The fax machine will transmit the name that you enter to your cordless handset. The name will appear in the cordless handset’s display. 1 Press FUNCTION once and the fax machine. 3 times on Fax machine display: ENTRY MODE 2 Press once and 3 Press once. 1=SET, 2=CLEAR 4 Press to select SET. SELECT HS NO.
all.book Page 22 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting Up ♦ To enter a lower case letter, continue pressing the key for the letter until the lower case letter appears. ♦ To enter one of the following symbols, press or repeatedly: . / ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) + + , - : ; < = > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ _ ' { | } )( 7 Press 8 Press START/MEMORY STOP Display: to store the name. to exit.
Page 23 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading the Imaging Film Loading the Imaging Film Your fax uses a roll of imaging film to create printed text and images. The print head in the fax applies heat to the imaging film to transfer ink to the paper. Follow the steps below to load or replace the film. For the imaging film, use a roll of Sharp FO-6CR imaging film. One roll can print about 150 A4size pages. 1 Remove the paper from the paper tray and open the operation panel (press ➊).
all.book Page 24 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading the Imaging Film 4 Remove the new roll of imaging film from its packaging. • Cut the band that holds the rolls together. 5 Insert the green gears. 1 slot Make sure the gears fit into the slots in the ends of the rolls. 6 Insert the film into the print compartment. 2 slots Fit ends of rolls onto hubs Thick roll to rear 7 8 24 Rotate the front gear as shown until the film is taut.
Page 25 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading Printing Paper Loading Printing Paper You can load up to 50 sheets of letter/A4 size (5 sheets of legal size), 60 - 80 g/m2 paper in the paper tray (at room temperature; maximum stack height should not be higher than the line on the tray). 1 2 Fan the paper, and then tap the edge against a flat surface to even the stack. Make sure the stack edges are even. Insert the stack of paper into the tray, PRINT SIDE DOWN.
all.book Page 26 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading Printing Paper Setting the paper size The fax has been set at the factory to scale received faxes to A4-size paper. If you loaded letter or legal paper, you must change the paper size setting to LETTER or LEGAL. 1 Press 2 Press once and 3 Press once. 4 Select the paper size: FUNCTION LETTER: 5 26 Press 1 STOP once and LEGAL: Display: once. twice.
Page 27 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading Printing Paper Print contrast setting Your fax has been set at the factory to print at normal contrast. If desired, you can change the print contrast setting to LIGHT. 1 Press FUNCTION once and once. Display: OPTION SETTING 2 Press once and 3 Press once. 4 Select the print contrast: NORMAL: 5 Press STOP 1 3 times.
all.book Page 28 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Entering Your Name and Fax Number Entering Your Name and Fax Number Before you can begin sending faxes, you must enter your name and fax (telephone) number. You also need to set the date and time. Once you enter this information, it will automatically appear at the top of each fax page you send. STOP 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 0 START/MEMORY 28 Display: 1 Press 2 Press once. 3 Press once. FUNCTION FUNCTION once and 3 times.
Page 29 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Entering Your Name and Fax Number 4 Enter your fax number by pressing the number keys (max. 20 digits). • To insert a space between digits, press • To clear a mistake, press 5 6 Press START/MEMORY SPEAKER . . to enter the fax number in memory. Enter your name by pressing number keys for each letter as shown in the chart below. Up to 24 characters can be entered.
all.book Page 30 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting the Date and Time Setting the Date and Time The date and time appear in the display and are printed at the top of every page you fax. Set the date and time as shown below. STOP 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 0 START/MEMORY FUNCTION once and 3 times. 1 Press 2 Press 3 Press 4 Enter a two-digit number for the day (“01” to “31”). FUNCTION once and once.
Page 31 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting the Date and Time 6 Example: 2003 7 The currently set time appears (example): Enter the year (four digits). 2 0 3 0 TIME 12:19 Enter a two-digit number for the hour (“00” to “23”) and a two-digit number for the minute (“00” to “59”). Example: 9:25 8 Press 9 Press START/MEMORY STOP 0 9 2 5 to start the clock. 05-JAN 09:25 ANTI JUNK # to return to the date and time display. 31 1. Installation all.
all.book Page 32 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting the Reception Mode Setting the Reception Mode Your fax has four modes for receiving incoming faxes: FAX mode: Select this mode when you only want to receive faxes on your line. The fax machine will automatically answer all calls and receive incoming faxes. TEL mode: This mode is the most convenient for receiving phone calls.
Page 33 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Volume Adjustment - Fax Machine Volume Adjustment - Fax Machine 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 You can adjust the volume of the speaker and ringer using the up and down arrow keys. 0 SPEAKER Fax machine ringer 1 Press or volume level. to select the desired Display: RINGER: HIGH SPEAKER (Make sure has not been pressed, and a document is not loaded in the feeder.
all.book Page 34 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Volume Adjustment - Cordless Handset Speaker 1 Press 2 Press SPEAKER • Press . or SPEAKER to select the desired volume level. again to turn off the speaker. Volume Adjustment - Cordless Handset You can adjust the volume of the ringer and handset, receiver using the up and down arrow keys. Cordless handset receiver volume 1 When talking on the cordless handset, press or volume level.
Page 35 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Volume Adjustment - Cordless Handset Cordless handset ringer 1 When you are not talking on the cordless handset, press or to select the desired ringer volume level. Cordless handset display: RINGER: HIGH • The ringer will ring once at the selected level. RINGER: MIDDLE RINGER: LOW RINGER: OFF OK ? OK: PRESS START 2 If you selected “RINGER: OFF OK ?” to turn off the ringer, press START . 35 1. Installation all.
all.book Page 36 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 2. Using the Cordless Handset Making a Phone Call OFF OFF TALK 1 Pick up the cordless handset and press 2 TALK Cordless handset display: TALK . 1 When you hear the dial tone, dial the number. 4 2 5 GHI ABC 3 DEF JKL 6 MNO RECEPTION 7 8 PQRS PLAY TUV PLAY NEW 9 WXYZ STOP 0 REPEAT 3 When you are ready to end the call, press OFF OFF SKIP DELETE .
all.book Page 37 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Receiving a Phone Call number first and then pressing Check the number in the display before pressing press HOLD ERASE TALK TALK 2. Cordless Handset You can also dial by entering the phone . . If there is a mistake, to clear the mistake and then enter the correct digits. Note: If a pause is needed between any of the digits to access an outside line or a special service, press FUNCTION /PAUSE . The pause will appear as a hyphen (-).
all.book Page 38 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Receiving a Fax Using the Cordless Handset Receiving a Fax Using the Cordless Handset If you hear a fax tone after answering a call on the cordless handset, or if the other party speaks to you and then wants to send a fax, press START . This signals the fax machine to begin fax reception.
all.book Page 39 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Storing and Using Auto-Dial Numbers 4 Press FUNCTION /PAUSE ENTER TEL # . 2. Cordless Handset 3 Enter the number by pressing the number keys. (Note: A space cannot be entered.) HOLD • To clear a mistake, press ERASE . • If a pause is required between any of the digits to access a special service FUNCTION /PAUSE or an outside line, press . The pause appears as a hyphen (two seconds per pause). Several pauses can be entered in a row.
all.book Page 40 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Storing and Using Auto-Dial Numbers ♦ To enter a lower case letter, continue pressing the key for the letter until the lower case letter appears. ♦ To enter one of the following symbols, press or repeatedly: . / ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) + + , - : ; < = > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ _ ' { | })( 7 Press 8 Return to Step 2 to store another number, or press START . SELECT SEARCH ▲: COMMON ▼: PRIVATE OFF OFF to exit.
all.book Page 41 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Storing and Using Auto-Dial Numbers Editing an auto-dial number Cordless handset display: 1 Press 2 Press or 3 2. Cordless Handset If you need to make changes to a previously stored auto-dial number, follow these steps: SEARCH once. SELECT SEARCH ▲: COMMON ▼: PRIVATE to select the Common book, Example: Common book selected to select the Private book. Press display.
all.book Page 42 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Storing and Using Auto-Dial Numbers 9 Press to exit. OFF OFF Clearing an auto-dial number If you need to clear an auto-dial number, follow these steps: 1 Press 2 Press or 3 42 SEARCH once. to select the Common book, to select the Private book. Press display.
all.book Page 43 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Redial Redial Note: The fax machine and cordless handsets each retain their own separate redial numbers. Note that the cordless handset redial numbers will be lost if the fax machine is unplugged or an interruption occurs in the power supply. 1 Press REDIAL . • Check the display to make sure the number that appears is the number you wish to dial. (If the wrong number appears, press 2 Press TALK OFF OFF to clear it.) .
all.book Page 44 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using the Intercom Feature 2 3 Cordless handset display: Press 0 on the cordless handset to select the fax machine. INTERCOM 0: BASE STATION Fax machine display: The fax machine rings. INTERCOM Number and name of calling handset 1: BOB 4 The other person picks up the fax machine handset to answer. 5 Talk with the other person. When you are ready to end the conversation, press OFF OFF .
all.book Page 45 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using the Intercom Feature Display of paged handset: The selected cordless handset rings. INTERCOM 1: BOB Number and name of calling handset 4 5 The other person presses any key (except handset to answer. OFF OFF 2. Cordless Handset 3 ) on the cordless Talk with the other person. When you are ready to end the conversation, press OFF OFF .
all.book Page 46 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Transferring Calls If a call comes in while the Intercom feature is being used If an outside call comes in while you are using the Intercom feature, the person who wishes to take the call should first stop the Intercom call (press OFF OFF on the cordless handset or replace the fax machine handset), and then answer the outside call (press any key except OFF OFF on the cordless handset or pick up the fax machine handset).
all.book Page 47 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 3 The selected cordless handset or fax machine rings. 4 The other person answers on the cordless handset or fax machine. • To answer on a cordless handset other than the selected cordless handset, press on that cordless handset. To answer on the fax machine when TALK not selected, pick up the fax machine handset. • If nobody answers for one minute when you page the cordless handset or fax machine, your cordless handset will ring to alert you.
all.book Page 48 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Transferring Calls 3 Fax machine display: Replace the fax machine handset. The selected cordless handset rings. CALL TRANSFER Displays of all cordless handsets display: CALL TRANSFER 4 The other person presses any key (except handset to answer. OFF OFF ) on the cordless • To answer on a cordless handset other than the selected cordless handset, press TALK on the other cordless handset.
all.book Page 49 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 3. Using the Answering System The answering system allows you to receive both voice messages and faxes while you are out. To use the answering system, you must record a greeting for the general box, and a greeting for each personal box you wish to use. 3. Answering Machine The answering system has one general box and four personal boxes for callers to leave messages.
all.book Page 50 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Recording an Outgoing Message Recording an Outgoing Message The outgoing message (OGM) is the greeting that the system plays after answering a call to inform callers that they can leave a message or send a fax. Follow the steps below to record an outgoing message for the general box, and an outgoing message for each personal box that you wish to use. Example of general outgoing message: “Hello. You've reached ______ .
all.book Page 51 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Setting a Passcode for a Personal Box 4 Lift the handset. 5 Press START/MEMORY and speak into the handset to record the message. 6 When finished, replace the handset or press STOP 3. Answering Machine • While recording, the display will show the time left to record. .
all.book Page 52 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System 4 Press 1 to set a passcode. ENTER BOX # (1-4) (To clear a previously set passcode, press 5 2 .) Enter the number of the personal box for which you wish to set a passcode. Example: ENTER PASSCODE for Box 1 1 (If you are clearing a passcode, enter the number of the box and go to Step 7.) 6 7 8 Enter a 3-digit number for the passcode. The first digit of the number must be 0, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
all.book Page 53 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System ♦ Each outgoing message will play (to stop playback, press STOP ). ♦ It will not be possible to set the reception mode to A.M. if a general outgoing message has not been recorded. Number of rings in A.M. mode (Toll Saver function) The number of rings on which the machine answers incoming calls in A.M. mode depends on whether the Toll Saver function is turned on, and if it is on, whether you have messages.
all.book Page 54 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System Listening to received messages (at the fax machine) When you return, the fax machine display will show the number of messages recorded in each box. Follow the steps below to listen to your messages. 1 Press PLAY . • If you only want to listen to new messages (messages not previously listened to), continue to hold 2 1 for Box 1 If the personal box has a passcode, enter the passcode.
all.book Page 55 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System Erasing received messages It is important to erase received messages after you listen to them to ensure that the memory does not become full. ♦ Erasing all messages in the general box: To erase all messages in the general box, press FUNCTION , , and then START/MEMORY .
all.book Page 56 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System Listening to messages from a cordless handset You can use your cordless handset to listen to messages received in your personal box (the personal box with the same number as your cordless handset), or messages received in the general box. ♦ When you have received new messages in your personal box, NEW MESSAGES appears in your cordless handset display. 1 2 3 4 Press REMOTE /FLASH Cordless handset display: .
all.book Page 57 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Operating the Answering System • If you take no action for 60 seconds in REMOTE MODE, the cordless handset will automatically return to the STAND-BY display. Deleting all messages from a cordless handset 1 Press REMOTE /FLASH 3. Answering Machine You can use your cordless handset to delete all messages in your personal box, or all messages in the general box. Cordless handset display: .
all.book Page 58 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Optional Answering System Settings Optional Answering System Settings Setting ICM time Incoming messages (ICMs) are the messages which callers leave for you in the answering system. The answering system is set at the factory to allow each caller a maximum of 4 minutes to leave a message. If desired, you can change this setting to 15, 30, or 60 seconds. 1 Press FUNCTION once and Display: once. A.M.
all.book Page 59 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Optional Answering System Settings Fax reception on A.M. failure If the memory for recording incoming messages becomes full while you are out, the answering system will no longer be able to record messages. The ON A.M. FAILURE setting is used to choose the response of the machine to incoming calls when this happens: which it will wait to receive a remote command.
all.book Page 60 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Optional Answering System Settings OGM only mode If needed, you can turn off recording of incoming messages. In this case, your outgoing message will play, but callers will not be able to leave a message (this applies to all boxes). The machine will still receive faxes sent by automatic dialling. 1 Press FUNCTION once and once. Display: A.M. SETTING 2 Press 3 Press 4 Press 1 or to turn it off. 5 60 2 Press once and twice. .
all.book Page 61 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Transfer Function Transfer Function To use the Transfer function, you must first program the number that you wish the machine to call (the transfer number), and record the transfer message that plays when you answer the phone at the remote location. When you go out and wish to use the transfer function, turn it on. When you return and no longer wish to use the transfer function, turn it off.
all.book Page 62 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Transfer Function Recording the transfer message The transfer message plays when you answer the telephone, and informs you that the call is a transfer call. The following is an example: “Hello. This is a transfer call for (YOUR NAME). Enter your remote code number now.” Note: Do not lift the handset until Step 3 below. 1 Press 2 Press REC/ MEMO Display: once and once. OGM (TRANSFER) once.
all.book Page 63 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Transfer Function Turning the Transfer function on and off When you go out and wish to use the Transfer function, turn it on as follows: Display: Press 2 Press 3 Press 4 Press FUNCTION once and once and once. 4 times. 1=YES, 2=NO 1 to turn on the Transfer 2 .) Press the number of the box for which you want the Transfer function to operate (for the general box, press 6 7 TRANSFER FUNC . function. (To turn off, press 5 A.M.
all.book Page 64 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Remote Operations When you are out, you can call the machine from any touch-tone telephone and play back your messages using the remote commands. You can also use these commands to change the reception mode and other settings.
all.book Page 65 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Toll Saver When you call the machine to listen to your messages, it will answer after two rings if it has received at least one message in any of the boxes, or after four rings if it has not received any messages. This allows you to save money on telephone charges, particularly if you are calling long distance.
all.book Page 66 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Retrieving your messages Note: You can only access one box per call. If you wish to access more than one box, you must make a separate call for each box. 1 Call the machine from a touch-tone telephone. When the general outgoing message begins, press on the telephone. • You will hear a short beep, and the outgoing message will stop.
all.book Page 67 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations 4 While the messages are playing, you can do any of the following: • Repeat: To listen to a message a second time, press 2 and on the telephone before that message ends. To move back to the previous message, press 2 and during the first 3 seconds of the current 3. Answering Machine message. • Skip forward: To skip forward to the next message, press 5 and on the telephone.
all.book Page 68 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Note: You can also call the machine and perform remote operations when the reception mode is set to FAX. In this case, when you call the machine, press immediately after it answers (before you hear the fax tone), and then continue from Step 2 above. Comments: ♦ When a remote command is accepted by the machine, you will hear one beep. If an incorrect command is entered, you will hear four beeps.
all.book Page 69 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Recording a new outgoing message Note: You can only record a new outgoing message for the box you accessed at the beginning of the call. 2 Press 4 and on the telephone. When you hear a short beep, speak into the telephone to record the new message. • The message can be up to 15 seconds long.
all.book Page 70 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Remote Operations Recording a new transfer message 1 2 Press 9 , 3 , and on the telephone. When you hear a short beep, speak into the telephone to record the new message. • The time for the transfer message is fixed at 15 seconds. After 15 seconds (or earlier if the machine detects silence after you finish speaking), you will hear a beep, and the new message will be played back automatically.
all.book Page 71 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 4. Sending Faxes Transmittable Documents Size and weight The size and weight of documents that you can load in the document feeder depend on whether you load one page at a time or several pages at once. Loading one page at a time: Loading up to 10 pages at once: Minimum size Minimum size Maximum size 216 mm 216 mm 148 mm 140 mm 140 mm 4.
all.book Page 72 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Loading the Document Other restrictions ♦ The scanner cannot recognise yellow, greenish yellow, or light blue ink. ♦ Ink, glue, and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before they pass through the document feeder. ♦ All clips, staples, and pins must be removed from documents before loading in the feeder. If these are not removed, they may damage the machine.
all.book Page 73 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Adjusting the Resolution and Contrast 3 Adjust the resolution and/or contrast settings as explained in Resolution and Contrast below, then dial the receiving machine as explained on page 74. Adjusting the Resolution and Contrast If desired, you can adjust the resolution and contrast before sending a document. You must adjust the settings each time you don’t want to use the default settings. 4.
all.book Page 74 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Adjusting the Resolution and Contrast Contrast settings 1 AUTO Use AUTO for normal documents. DARK Use DARK for faint documents. Load the document(s). • The document must be loaded before the resolution and contrast can be adjusted. 2 RESOLUTION/ Press RECEPTION MODE one or more times until the desired resolution and contrast settings appear in the display.
all.book Page 75 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Normal Dialling Sending a Fax by Normal Dialling With Normal Dialling, you pick up the handset (or press SPEAKER ) and dial by pressing the number keys. ♦ If a person answers, you can talk with them through the handset before sending the fax. (If you pressed SPEAKER , you must pick up the handset to talk.) ♦ Normal Dialling allows you to listen to the line and make sure the other fax machine is responding. Load the document(s).
all.book Page 76 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling 5 When you hear the fax tone, press START/MEMORY . Replace the handset. • If the transmission is completed successfully, the fax will beep once. • If an error occurs, the fax will beep three times and print a Transaction Report to inform you of the problem (see page 105). Note: If the transmission is unsuccessful and DOCUMENT JAMMED appears in the display, remove the document as explained on page 123.
all.book Page 77 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling 5 Press START/MEMORY . Enter a name by pressing number keys for each letter as shown in the chart below. Up to 15 characters can be entered. (If you do not wish to enter a name, go directly to Step 6.) Example: SHARP = 7777 44 2 777 7 G= N= U= A= H= O= V= B= I = P= W= C= J= Q= X= D= K= R= Y= E= L= S= Z= F= M= T= SPACE = 4.
all.book Page 78 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling Editing and clearing auto-dial numbers If you need to make changes to a previously stored auto-dial number, or clear a number, follow these steps: 1 Press FUNCTION once and once. Display: 2 Press or the display. 3 Press 4 Press until the number you wish to edit or clear appears in . 1 1=EDIT, 2=CLEAR for EDIT or 2 for CLEAR. • If you selected CLEAR, go to Step 8.
all.book Page 79 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling 8 9 Press START/MEMORY . Return to Step 2 to edit or clear another number, or press return to the date and time display. STOP to Once you have stored a fax or phone number, you can use it to send a fax or make a phone call. 1 If you are sending a fax, load the document(s). • If desired, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE to set the resolution and/or contrast.
all.book Page 80 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling Sending a fax by Direct Keypad Dialling You can also enter a full number with the number keys and then press the START/MEMORY key to begin dialling. You can use this method to dial a full number when you don't need to speak to the other party before faxing. 1 Load the document(s). • If desired, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE to set the resolution and/or contrast.
all.book Page 81 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling Redial You can automatically redial the last number dialed on the fax machine. This procedure can be used to send a fax or make a phone call. Note: The fax machine and the cordless handset each retain their own separate redial numbers. 1 If you are sending a fax, load the document(s). • If desired, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE to set the 2 3 4. Sending Faxes resolution and/or contrast. Press once.
all.book Page 82 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax by Automatic Dialling ♦ You can press STOP to clear the message and stop automatic redialling. ♦ Under certain conditions (for example if a person answers the call on a telephone), automatic redialling may stop before three redialling attempts are made. Error Correction Mode The fax machine is set to automatically correct any distortions in a transmission due to noise on the telephone line before printing at the receiving end.
all.book Page 83 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax From Memory Sending a Fax From Memory You can scan a document into the fax’s memory and send the document from memory. This increases transmission speed and allows you to send a fax to multiple destinations in a single operation. After transmission, the document is automatically cleared from memory. Note: If a power failure occurs while sending a fax from memory, you will need to repeat the operation.
all.book Page 84 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Sending a Fax From Memory 6 When you are ready to begin transmission, press START/MEMORY . • A Transaction Report is automatically printed out after Broadcasting is completed. Check the "Note" column of the report to see if any of the destinations are marked "Busy" or have a communication error code. If so, send the document to those destinations again. Memory transmission You can also send a fax through memory when sending to a single destination.
all.book Page 85 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 5. Receiving Faxes Using TEL/FAX Mode To select TEL/FAX mode, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE until the arrow in the display points to TEL/FAX. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE TEL FAX TEL/FAX A.M. When the reception mode is set to TEL/FAX, your fax machine automatically answers all calls on two rings. After answering, your fax monitors the line for about five seconds to see if a fax tone is being sent.
all.book Page 86 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using A.M. Mode 2 Press once and 3 Press once. 4 Enter a number as follows for the desired duration: 3 times. PSEUDO RING 1=15 SECONDS 1 15 SEC 15 seconds 2 30 SEC 30 seconds 3 60 SEC 60 seconds 4 120 SEC 120 seconds The display briefly shows your selection, then: 5 Press STOP FAX SIGNAL RX to return to the date and time display. Using A.M. Mode To select A.M.
all.book Page 87 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using FAX Mode Using FAX Mode To select FAX mode, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE until the arrow in the display points to FAX. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE TEL FAX TEL/FAX A.M. When the reception mode is set to FAX, the fax machine will automatically answer all calls on two rings and receive incoming faxes. ♦ If you pick up the handset before the machine answers, you can talk to the 2 rings 5.
all.book Page 88 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using TEL Mode 2 Press once. NUMBER OF RING 3 Press once. ENTER (2-5) (2) 4 Enter the desired number of rings (any number from 2 to 5). The display briefly shows your selection, then: TRANSACTION Example: 3 rings 5 Press STOP 3 to return to the date and time display. Using TEL Mode To select TEL mode, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE until the arrow in the display points to TEL. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE TEL FAX TEL/FAX A.M.
all.book Page 89 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using TEL Mode Answering with the fax’s handset 1 2 When the fax machine rings, pick up the handset. If you hear a fax tone, wait until the display shows RECEIVING and then replace the handset. Beep RECEIVING Note: If you have set the Fax Signal Receive setting 3 START/MEMORY If the other party first speaks with you and then wants to send a fax, press START/MEMORY START/MEMORY to begin reception. RECEIVING 5.
all.book Page 90 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using TEL Mode Answering on an extension phone connected to the same line 1 2 Answer the extension phone when it rings. If you hear a soft fax tone, wait until your fax responds (the extension phone will go dead), then hang up.
all.book Page 91 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Optional Reception Settings Optional Reception Settings Fax Signal Receive Your fax will automatically begin reception if you hear a soft fax tone after answering a call on your fax or an extension phone. If you use a computer fax modem to send documents on the same line, you must turn this function off in order to prevent your fax from mistakenly attempting to receive documents from the computer fax modem. Follow the steps below to change the setting.
all.book Page 92 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Optional Reception Settings Reception Ratio The fax has been set at the factory to automatically reduce the size of received documents to fit the size of the printing paper. This ensures that data on the edges of the document are not cut off. If desired, you can turn this function off and have received documents printed at full size. ♦ If a document is too long to fit on the printing paper, the remainder will be printed on a second page.
all.book Page 93 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Substitute Reception to Memory Substitute Reception to Memory In situations where printing is not possible, such as when your fax runs out of paper, the imaging film needs replacement, or the paper jams, incoming faxes will be received to memory. When you have received a document in memory, FAX RX IN MEMORY will appear in the display, alternating with ADD PAPER & PRESS START KEY or CHECK FILM / CHECK COVER / CHECK PAPER JAM.
all.book Page 94 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 6. Making Copies Your fax machine can also be used to make copies. Single and multiple copies (up to 99 per original) can be made, enabling your fax to double as a convenience office copier. 1 Load the document(s) face down. (Maximum of 10 pages.) • If desired, press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE to set the resolution and/or contrast. (The default resolution setting for copying is FINE.
all.book Page 95 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Making Copies Copy Cut-off When making a copy of a document that is longer than the printing paper, use the copy cut-off setting to select whether the remaining part of the document will be cut off or printed on a second page. The initial setting is YES (cut off the remainder). To change the setting, follow the steps below. 1 Press FUNCTION once and once. Display: OPTION SETTING 2 Press once and 3 Press once.
all.book Page 96 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 7. Special Functions Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) If you subscribe to a caller identification service from your telephone company, you can have the fax machine and the cordless handset display the name and number of the caller when you receive a call. Important: ♦ To use this function, you must subscribe to a caller identification service from your telephone company.
all.book Page 97 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) How Caller ID operates When you receive a call, the name and phone number of the caller will appear in the fax machine display and cordless handset display, beginning just before the second ring. The information will continue to be displayed until the line is disconnected. Note: Some caller ID services may not provide the name of the caller. In this case, only the phone number will appear.
all.book Page 98 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) Viewing the Caller ID list If you subscribe to a Caller ID service and have turned on the Caller ID function, your fax machine will keep information on the most recent 30 calls and faxes you have received. You can view this information, which consists of the name and number of each caller, in the Caller ID List. ♦ After you have received 30 calls, each new call will delete the oldest call.
all.book Page 99 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) To delete calls from the Caller ID list If you want to delete a single call from the caller list, press 0 while the call appears in the display. If you want to delete all calls from the list, hold 0 down for at least 3 seconds while you are viewing any number in the list.
all.book Page 100 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) Erasing all calls using the cordless handset Follow these steps to erase all calls from the Caller ID list using the cordless handset. 1 Press REVIEW 2 Press . ERASE 3 Press START Cordless handset display: . REVIEW CALLS ▲▼: REVIEW ERASE ALL? PRESS START KEY HOLD . • To cancel, press OFF OFF .
all.book Page 101 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Caller ID (Requires Subscription to Service) 4 Press 1 to store a number. (To clear a previously stored number, press 2 and go to Step 6.) 5 Enter the number by pressing the number keys (max. 20 digits). 6 Press 7 Press START/MEMORY STOP to store (or clear) the number. HS NAME SET to return to the date and time display.
all.book Page 102 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Blocking Reception of Unwanted Faxes Blocking Reception of Unwanted Faxes The Anti Junk Fax function allows you to block reception of faxes from a party that you specify. This saves paper by not printing out unwanted "junk" faxes. To use this function, follow the steps below to enter the fax number from which you do not wish to receive faxes. One fax number can be entered. 1 Press 2 Press once and 3 Press once.
Page 103 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 8. Printing Lists all.book 8. Printing Lists You can print lists showing settings and information entered in the fax machine. The lists are described below. To print a list, follow these steps. 1 Press 2 Press once. 3 Press or 4 Press once. 5 Press FUNCTION once and twice. Display: LISTING MODE START/MEMORY TEL # LIST until the desired list appears in the display. PRESS START KEY to print the list.
all.book Page 104 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Printing Lists Telephone Number List This list shows the fax and phone numbers that have been stored in the Common book for automatic dialling. Setup List This list shows your current selections for the FUNCTION key settings. The list also shows your name and fax/telephone number as entered in the machine, and a sample of the header printed at the top of every page you transmit (HEADER PRINT).
all.book Page 105 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 8. Printing Lists Printing Lists Transaction Report This report is printed out automatically after an operation is completed to allow you to check the result. Your fax machine is set at the factory to print out the report only when an error occurs. ♦ The Transaction report cannot be printed on demand. Headings in Transaction Report SENDER/ RECEIVER The name or fax number of the other machine involved in the transaction.
all.book Page 106 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Printing Lists Transaction Report print condition You can change the condition under which a Transaction Report is printed out. Follow the steps below. Display: 1 Press 2 Press once and 3 Press once. FUNCTION once and once. OPTION SETTING once. TRANSACTION 1:ALWAYS PRINT (Selections appear alternately) 4 Press a number from 1 to 5 to select the condition for printing.
all.book Page 107 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 9. Maintenance Clean the print head frequently to ensure optimum printing performance. Note: Remove the paper from the paper tray before cleaning the print head. 1 Unplug the telephone line and then the power cord, and open the operation panel (press ➊). 2 1 2 3 Take the imaging film out of the print compartment and place it on a sheet of paper. Wipe the print head with isopropyl alcohol or denatured alcohol.
all.book Page 108 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Maintenance 4 5 Place the imaging film back in the print compartment. Rotate the front gear until the film is taut, and then close the operation panel (press down on both sides to make sure it clicks into place). Scanning glass and rollers Clean the scanning glass and rollers frequently to ensure the quality of transmitted images and copies. Note: Remove the paper from the paper tray before cleaning the scanning glass and rollers.
all.book Page 109 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Maintenance 3 Flip up the green levers on each side of the white roller. 9. Maintenance 2 Wipe the scanning glass (under the white roller) and rollers with a cotton swab. • Make sure that all dirt and stains (such as correcting fluid) are removed. Dirt and stains will cause vertical lines on transmitted images and copies.
all.book Page 110 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Maintenance Replacing the Cordless Handset Battery Like any other battery, the rechargeable battery will eventually wear out. The battery can normally be used for about two years, although this will vary depending on the conditions of use. If you find that LOW BATTERY appears in the cordless handset display soon after the battery is charged, replace it with the following battery: Replacement battery: Use only a Sharp UX-BA01 battery (3.
all.book Page 111 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Maintenance 5 Place the battery cover on the cordless handset, making sure it snaps firmly into place. 9. Maintenance 4 Place the cordless handset in the charger with the dial pad facing forward. • Let the new battery charge for at least 10 hours. Battery disposal The battery pack contains a Nickel Metal Hydride battery. The battery must be disposed of properly. Contact local agencies for information on recycling and disposal plans in your area.
all.book Page 112 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM 10. Troubleshooting Problems and Solutions If you have any problems with your fax, refer to the following troubleshooting guide. Line error Problem LINE ERROR appears in the display. Solution Try the transaction again. If the error persists, check the following: • Check the connection. The cord from the TEL. LINE socket to the wall socket should be no longer than two meters. • Make sure there are no modem devices sharing the same telephone line.
all.book Page 113 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Problems and Solutions Dialling and transmission problems Solution No dial tone when you pick up the handset or press the SPEAKER key. • Make sure the handset cord is connected to the correct socket. See Connecting the handset on page 15. Dialling is not possible. • Make sure the power cord is properly plugged into a power outlet. • Make sure that the telephone line is properly connected to both the TEL. LINE socket and the wall socket (see page 16).
all.book Page 114 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Problems and Solutions Reception and copying problems Problem Solution The printing paper comes out blank when you try to receive a document. • Make sure that the document is loaded properly in the feeder of the transmitting machine. Make a copy or print a report to confirm the printing ability of your machine. General print quality is poor. • It is important to select a paper that is appropriate for the thermal transfer printer in your fax.
all.book Page 115 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Problems and Solutions Dark vertical lines appear on copies and received faxes. • Try changing the print contrast setting to LIGHT (see page 27). Problem A loud howling sound occurs when the speaker is used. Solution • Feedback (a loud howling sound) may occur if you replace the handset while the speaker is on. To avoid feedback, turn off the speaker (press SPEAKER ) before you replace the handset. Auto-dial numbers cannot be stored in the fax.
all.book Page 116 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Problems and Solutions Cordless handset problems Problem Solution The cordless handset does not operate and nothing appears in the display. • Make sure the battery is properly connected inside the cordless handset (see page 19). Calls cannot be made or received on the cordless handset. • Make sure the fax machine is plugged into a power outlet and has power. • The battery may be low. Place the cordless handset in the charger and let it charge.
all.book Page 117 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Problems and Solutions The battery does not charge. • Make sure the cordless handset is placed in the charger with the dial pad facing forward. • Make sure the AC adapter is connected correctly to the charger and the power outlet (see page 18). • Make sure the battery is properly connected inside the cordless handset (see page 19). • The battery may need replacement (see page 110). You hear noise or interference during a call.
all.book Page 118 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Messages and Signals Messages and Signals Display messages (fax machine) Note: If you have turned on the Caller ID function, see page 97 for display messages related to Caller ID. ADD PAPER & / PRESS START KEY (alternating messages) Check the printing paper. If the tray is empty, add paper and then press the START/MEMORY key.
all.book Page 119 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM FAX RX IN MEMORY A fax has been received in memory because the imaging film needs replacement, you have run out of printing paper, or the paper is jammed. The fax will print out automatically when the problem is fixed. FUNCTION MODE The FUNCTION key has been pressed. INTERCOM A cordless handset is paging the fax machine (lift the handset to talk), or the fax machine is paging a cordless handset.
all.book Page 120 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Messages and Signals OVER HEAT The print head has overheated. Operation can be continued after it cools. If overheating frequently occurs, try changing the print contrast setting to LIGHT (see page 27). PRINT HEAD FAIL/ YOU NEED SERVICE (alternating messages) The print head has failed and requires service. READY TO SEND A document has been loaded and the fax machine is waiting for you to begin faxing or copying.
all.book Page 121 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Messages and Signals Display messages (cordless handset) When you attempt to make a phone call or page another device (fax machine or cordless phone), the system or other device is busy and cannot respond. Wait until the system or device is no longer busy. This message may also appear if the power of the fax machine is turned off. CALL TRANSFER A call is being transferred. CHARGING The cordless handset is in the charger and the battery is charging.
all.book Page 122 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Messages and Signals NEW MESSAGES New messages have been received in your personal box (the box corresponding to your cordless handset) in the answering system. You can either listen to the messages using the cordless handset (see page 56), or using the fax machine (see page 54). OUT OF RANGE The cordless handset is outside of the talking range of the fax machine.
all.book Page 123 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Clearing Paper Jams Clearing Paper Jams Clearing a jammed document If the original document doesn’t feed properly during transmission or copying, or DOCUMENT JAMMED appears in the display, first try pressing START/MEMORY . If the document doesn't feed out, remove it as explained below. 1 10. Troubleshooting Important: Do not try to remove a jammed document without releasing it as explained below. This may damage the feeder mechanism.
all.book Page 124 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Clearing Paper Jams 4 Flip down the green levers on each side of the white roller. Rotate the front gear until the film is taut, and then close the operation panel (press down on both sides to make sure it clicks into place). Clearing jammed printing paper 1 Open the operation panel (press ➊). 2 1 2 3 124 Gently pull the jammed paper out of the machine, making sure no torn pieces of paper remain in the print compartment or rollers.
all.book Page 125 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Quick Reference Guide Sending Faxes Receiving Faxes Place your document (up to 10 pages) face down in the document feeder. Press RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE until the arrow in the display points to the desired reception mode. TEL FAX 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M. Normal Dialling TEL FAX RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M. TEL FAX 01-JAN 10:30 1. Lift the handset or press SPEAKER TEL/FAX A.M. . TEL FAX 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M.
all.book Page 126 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Using the Cordless Phone 1. Press Making a phone call 1. Pick up the cordless handset and press TALK Storing auto dial numbers SEARCH , the book, and then or FUNCTION /PAUSE to select . . 2. Enter the full fax/phone number. 2. When you hear the dial tone, dial the number. HOLD To clear a mistake, press 3. When you are ready to end the call, press OFF OFF 3. Press Making a phone call using automatic dialling 1. Press SEARCH once. 2.
all.book Page 127 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Index A A.M.
all.book Page 128 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM Index M Memory transmission, 84 Memory, substitute reception to, 93 Message List, 104 Messages Erasing, 55, 56 Listening to, 54 Listening to on cordless handset, 56 Listening to remotely, 66 Setting allowed time, 58 N Normal dialling, 36, 75 Number of rings in A.M. mode, 53 Number of rings in FAX reception mode, 87 A.M.
all.book Page 130 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM REMOTE OPERATION CARD The card below is provided as a quick guide to remote operation. Cut it out and carry it with you when you go out. Remote Operation Guide 1. Call your fax from a touch-tone telephone, and press # when the outgoing message begins. 2. If you want to listen to a personal box, enter its number. 3. Enter your passcode or remote code: 4. Press # . 5.
all.book Page 131 Tuesday, May 20, 2003 11:09 AM REMOTE COMMANDS • PLAYBACK Play messages ................. 7 Move backward/repeat...... 2 Skip forward ...................... 5 Stop .................................. 0 Play new messages only .. 6 (first stop playback) • ERASING MESSAGES Erase single message ...... 3 Erase all messages .......... 3 • RECORDING A MEMO Start .................................. * End ................................... 0 • RECORDING A NEW OGM Start ...........................
all.
all.
اﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮاء ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت. ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ أو ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ َﻣْﻴﺪان )ﺣﺘﻰ وإن ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪاً ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ( وﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺧﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد. ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎً ،وﺷﻜﺮا ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻛﻢ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻓﺎﻛﺲ SHARP FO-CC500وﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﻨﺼﻔﻲ )ﺗﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي( ٦٤درﺟﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻀﻐﻂ MR ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻬﻮاﺗﻒ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﶈّﻮﻟﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ درج اﻟﻮرق ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ٥٠ورﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺎس ٥ ،A4/letterورﻗﺎت ﻣﻘﺎس ) legalﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪى أﻗﺼﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻟﺮزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﳋﻂ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺪرج( وﺿﻊ ITU-T (CCITT) G3 اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎس ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻹدﺧﺎل و MH و MMR اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ: اﻟﻌﺮض ١٤٨ :إﻟﻰ ٢١٦ﱈ اﻟﻄﻮل ١٤٠ :إﻟﻰ ٢٩٧ﱈ اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ: اﻟﻌﺮض ١٤٨ :إﻟﻰ ٢١٦ﱈ اﻟﻄﻮل ١٤٠ :إﻟﻰ
ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد ٢,٤ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ) ٢,٤٠٥إﻟﻲ ٢,٤٧٥ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ( اﻻﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻌﺮض ٤٦ :ﱈ اﻟﻌﻤﻖ ٤٢ :ﱈ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ١٨٠ :ﱈ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء وﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻬﻮاﺋﻲ( اﻟﻮزن ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ١١٥ﺟﺮام )ﺑﺪون اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ( اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ٣,٦ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ) Ni-MHﻫﻴﺪرﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ(، ﺳﻌﺔ) mAh ٨٥٠ﻣﻠﻲ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ١,٦واط ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد )ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ( زﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺤﻦ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ١٠ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ٤ﺳﺎﻋ
ﻻ ﺗﺪع أي ﺷﺊ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ،وﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻗﺪ ﳝﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ. ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺮدد -٢٢٠٢٤٠ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ٥٠/٦٠ ،ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﻮّﺻﻞ ﺑﺄرﺿﻲ )ﻃﺮﻓﲔ( .ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺄي ﻧﻮع آﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺂﺧﺬ ﺳﻴﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺗﻼﻓﻪ وﺑﻄﻼن اﻟﻀﻤﺎن. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل أي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﺴﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﻬﺎز .ﻓﻤﻦ اﳌﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬا ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ .وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮط أي ﺟﺴﻢ داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز وﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﺧﺮاﺟﻪ ،اﻓﺼﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز واﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ. ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أو ﺣﺎﻣﻞ أو ﻣﻨﻀﺪة ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ .
ﺟﺪول اﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎت إﻃﻼﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ٧ ١٣ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة ١٣ ..................................................................................................... اﻹﻋﺪاد ١٤ ................................................................................................................................... ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ٢٣ ............................................................................................................ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ٢٥ .........
ﺟﺪول اﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎت إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ٧٦ ............................................................................................ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ٨٣ ................................................................................................. .٥اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ٨٥ .٦اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ٩٤ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TEL/FAXﻫﺎﺗﻒ/ﻓﺎﻛﺲ( ٨٥ ................................................................ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) A.M.رد آﻟﻲ( ٨٦ ............................................
إﻃﻼﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ 7 6 DEF 3 5 ABC 6 9 1 PLAY REC/ MEMO TEL FAX GHI JKL 4 5 TUV WXYZ 4 UP 2 MNO 3 2 1 TEL/FAX A.M.
8 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) STOPإﻳﻘﺎف( 9 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) COPY/HELPﻧﺴﺦ/ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت( 10 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح) START/MEMORYﺑﺪء/ذاﻛﺮة( 11 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) RESOLUTION / RECEPTION MODEاﻟﺪﻗﺔ /وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل( 12 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) FUNCTIONوﻇﻴﻔﺔ( 13 ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ :ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺣﺪ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬه اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ.
ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﶈﺎدﺛﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻄﺮف ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎع اﶈﺎدﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ) .ﻟﻘﻔﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﻔﺘﺎح SPEAKERﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى(. SPEAKER أو ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﶈﺎدﺛﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ )ﻳﻌﻮد ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت إﻟﻰ أﻗﻞ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ اﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ(. ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪث ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ 1 2 12 3 13 14 22 4 REMOTE /FLASH SEARCH 23 15 16 UP START OFF FUNCTION /PAUSE 5 6 REVIEW TALK DOWN DEF 3 ABC 2 MNO 6 JKL 5 1 GHI 7 8 9 4 RECEPTION 17 18 19 9 WXYZ STOP TUV 8 PLAY NEW 7 PQRS PLAY 0 DELETE SKIP REDIAL HOLD REP
5 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) TALKاﻟﺘﺤﺪث( 6 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) REVIEWﻋﺮض( اﻟﺴﻬﻢ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ 7 ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم 8 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) PLAY NEWﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ( 9 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) PLAYﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( 10 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) REPEATﺗﻜﺮار( 11 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) INTERCOMﻧﻈﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ( 12 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) STARTﺑﺪأ( 13 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) REMOTE/FLASHﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ/ﻓﻼش( 14 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) OFFإﻧﻬﺎء( 15 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) SEARCHﺑﺤﺚ( اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )اﻷﳝﻦ( اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ أو اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
16 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) RECEPTIONاﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل( 17 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) STOPإﻳﻘﺎف( 18 ) DELETEﺣﺬف( 19 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) HOLD/ERASEاﻧﺘﻈﺎر/ﻣﺴﺢ(: 20 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) SKIPﺗﺨﻄﻲ( 21 ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) REDIALإﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل( 22 ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺮأس 23 ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ١٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ REMOTE /FLASH ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻔﺘﺎح أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﳊﺬﻓﻬﺎ .
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك أي ﺷﻲء ﻣﻔﻘﻮداً ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ،اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻮزع اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ أو ﺗﺎﺟﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ. ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد.
اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻹﻋﺪاد ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺤﺪث اﳋﺎص ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻗﺼﻲ ﺣﺪ ،ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ وﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪاً ﻋﻦ أي ﻋﻮاﺋﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ اﳊﻮاﺋﻂ. ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ وﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺪون أي ﻋﻮاﺋﻖ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻲ إﺑﻘﺎء ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ أﻳﺔ أﺟﻬﺰة إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ أﺧﺮي ﻣﺜﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎز أو أﻓﺮان اﳌﻴﻜﺮوﻳﻒ أو أﺟﻬﺰة اﳊﺎﺳﺐ أو ﻫﻮاﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أﺧﺮي. ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ. ١٤ اﺗﺮك اﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﶈﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﺿﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻌﻴﺪاً ﻋﻦ اﻟﻐﺒﺎر.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳊﺎﻣﻞ اﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻬﺎ. ﻃﺮﻓﺎ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼن ﲤﺎﻣﺎً ،ﻟﺬا ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ أي ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ اﳌﻘﺒﺴﲔ. ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ رﻣﺰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ واﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز! اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﻹﺟﺮاء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ، أو ﻹرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻳﺪوﻳﺎً. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺮدد ٢٢٠-٢٤٠ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ٥٠/٦٠ ،ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﻮّﺻﻞ ﺑﺄرﺿﻲ )ﻃﺮﻓﲔ(.
اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ أدﺧﻞ أﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ اﶈﻮل .أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﻬـﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻘﺒﺲ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﲟﺆﺧﺮة اﳉﻬﺎز واﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ) TEL.LINEﺧﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﻮن( .ﺻﻞ اﶈﻮل ﲟﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺋﻂ. TE L.L INE ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ) tone dialingاﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ( إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ) pulse dialاﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﺾ( ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﺾ .
٥ .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﺨﺮوج. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻛﺜﻴﺮا ﻟﻠﺒﺮق أو ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ أﺟﻬﺰة ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ وﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .ﳝﻜﻦ ﺷﺮاء أﺟﻬﺰة اﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺟﺮ اﻟﻬﻮاﺗﻒ اﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ. ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،اﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ أو ًﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر .وﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ،ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻀﺮوري ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ.
اﻹﻋﺪاد رﻓﻊ وﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻬﻮاﺋﻲ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ارﻓﻊ وﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻬﻮاﺋﻲ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺷﺤﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ١ ﺻﻞ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺘﺮدد ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺷﺤﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ٢ ﺻﻞ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺘﺮدد ﲟﺼﺪر ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺮدد ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ٢٤٠ - ٢٢٠ﻓﻮﻟﺖ. ﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ. ﻫﺎم :ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ أو ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺘﺮدد ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ أو ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش أو أي ﻣﻮاد أﺧﺮي أﺑﺪأً .اﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ اﳌﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺣﺪاث ﺣﺮﻳﻖ.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ وﺷﺤﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ١ ﺻﻞ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ 1 ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻋﺒﻮة اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. • ﺿﻊ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ. أﺳﻮد أﺳﻮد ٢ أﺣﻤﺮ أﺣﻤﺮ ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ وﺿﻌﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﻣﺴﻚ أو ﺿﻐﻂ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء. ٣ ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻊ اﲡﺎه واﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إﻟﻲ اﻷﻣﺎم. • ﻫﺎم! ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﺠﻪ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إﻟﻲ اﻷﻣﺎم وإﻻ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ.
اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ ،ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ) LOW BATTERYاﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض وﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﻧﻐﻤﺎت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ أﺛﻨﺎء اﶈﺎدﺛﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ .إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎل اﶈﺎدﺛﺔ ،ﺣﻮل اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو إﻟﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أﺧﺮي )أﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٦ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ودﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﺤﻦ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﳊﺪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟًﺪا ،ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪة اﻷوﻟﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ. وﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪة دﻗﺎﺋﻖ.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﺳﻢ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. ﺳﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ إﻟﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ اﻻﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. 1=SET, 2=CLEAR ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ) SETﺿﺒﻂ(. SELECT HS NO. ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ «1») .
اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺣﺮف إﳒﻠﻴﺰي ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﳊﺮف ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﳊﺮف اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ. ﻹدﺧﺎل أﺣﺪ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ٧ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﳊﻔﻆ اﻻﺳﻢ. ٨ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﺨﺮوج. أو ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر: ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: OWN NUMBER SET )ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳋﺎص( ﻳﻈﻬﺮ رﻗﻢ واﺳﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻜﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺼﻮص واﻟﺼﻮر .وﻳﻘﻮم رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳊﺒﺮ إﻟﻰ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ .اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ. ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري، اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري .Sharp FO-6CRﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة أن ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ١٥٠ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎس .A4 ١ أﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ درج اﻟﻮرق واﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ .
ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ٤ أﺧﺮج ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ. • اﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ اﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﻜﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﻌﺎً. ٥ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺮﺳﲔ ذوي اﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﻀﺮ. ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﺘﺮﺳﲔ ﻗﺪ أدﺧﻼ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﲔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدﺗﲔ ﺑﻄﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﺮﺗﲔ. ٦ أدﺧﻞ ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﺮﺗﲔ ﻓﻲ اﶈﻮرﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﺎرزﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻜﺔ إﻟﻰ اﳋﻠﻒ ٧ ﻟﻒ اﻟﺘﺮس اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﺪ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري. ٨ أﻏﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺎﻧﺒﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺮارﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻤﺎ(.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ٥٠ورﻗﺔ ،ﻣﻘﺎس Letterأو ) A4أو ٥ورﻗﺎت ﻣﻘﺎس ،(Legalوزن ٨٠-٦٠ﺟﻢ/م ٢ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق )ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻮرق اﳋﻂ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪرج(. ١ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ،ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ اﳊﻮاف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق .ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺣﻮاف رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ. ٢ أدﺧﻞ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺬي ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ.
ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻮرق ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ورق ﻣﻘﺎس .A4ﻓﺈذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﻣﻘﺎس Letterأو ،Legalﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻮرق إﻟﻰ LETTERأو .LEGAL ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻮرق: و FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. 1 :LETTER ﻣﺮﺗﲔ.
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻴﻄﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺎدي .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ،إذا أردت ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ) LIGHTﺧﻔﻴﻒ(. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ: ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ. FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: OPTION SETTING )إﻋﺪاد اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر( ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات.
إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻤﻚ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻤﻚ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ إﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ،ﻳﺠﺐ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻤﻚ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ )اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ( اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ .ﻳﺠﺐ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ. ﲟﺠﺮد إدﺧﺎل ﻫﺬه اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ. STOP 3 2 1 6 5 4 9 8 7 0 FUNCTION ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و START/MEMORY ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات.
٤ .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻤﻚ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ ٢٠رﻗﻤﺎ(. • ﻹدﺧﺎل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ اﻷرﻗﺎم ،اﺿﻐﻂ • ﳌﺴﺢ ﺧﻄﺄ ،اﺿﻐﻂ SPEAKER . . ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﻹدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة. ٦ أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻤﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺮف ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﳝﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎل ٢٤ﺣﺮف ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ.
ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض وﻳُﻄﺒﻌﺎن أﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ. اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه: STOP 3 2 1 6 5 4 9 8 7 0 FUNCTION START/MEMORY ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . ٤ أدﺧﻞ ﻋﺪداً ﻣﻜﻮﻧًﺎ ﻣﻦ رﻗﻤﲔ ﻟﻴﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻴﻮم )ﻣﻦ » «01إﻟﻰ ».(«31 FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات.
٦ ٧ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﻀﺒﻮط ﺣﺎﻟًﻴﺎ )ﻣﺜﺎل(: أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ) ٤أرﻗﺎم(. ﻣﺜﺎل2003 : 2 .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ 0 0 3 TIME 12:19 )اﻟﻮﻗﺖ (١٢:١٩ أدﺧﻞ ﻋﺪًدا ﻣﻜﻮﻧًﺎ ﻣﻦ رﻗﻤﲔ ﻟﻴﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻣﻦ » «٠٠إﻟﻰ » («٢٣وﻋﺪًدا ﻣﻜﻮﻧًﺎ ﻣﻦ رﻗﻤﲔ ﻟﻴﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ )ﻣﻦ » «٠٠إﻟﻰ ».(«٥٩ ﻣﺜﺎل9:25 : 0 9 2 5 ٨ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ. ٩ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ.
ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ أرﺑﻌﺔ أوﺿﺎع ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﻮاردة: اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) FAXﻓﺎﻛﺲ(: اﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ. ﺳﻴﻘﻮم ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت واﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﻮاردة. اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TELﻫﺎﺗﻒ(: ﻫﺬا ﻫﻮ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ .وﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎن أﻳﻀﺎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ،وﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺮد أو ًﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ رﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﳋﻂ.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت -ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﺼﻮت -ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ 3 2 1 6 5 4 9 8 ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ واﳉﺮس ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ واﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ. 7 0 SPEAKER ﺟﺮس ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ١ أو اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻄﻠﻮب. ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي )ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ SPEAKER وﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ(. • ﺳﻴﺮن اﳉﺮس ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﲟﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت اﶈﺪد ،وﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى.
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت -ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ أﺿﻐﻂ SPEAKER • اﺿﻐﻂ . أو SPEAKER ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻄﻠﻮب. ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ. ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﺼﻮت -ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﳉﺮس وﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻲ واﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ. ﻣﺴﺘﻮي ﺻﻮت ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ١ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ، اﺿﻐﻂ أو اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻄﻠﻮب.
.١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت -ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺮس ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ١ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: اﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب. أو ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﺼﻮت • ﺳﻴﺮن اﳉﺮس ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﲟﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت اﶈﺪد.
.٢اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ OFF OFF TALK ١ ارﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ واﺿﻐﻂ ٢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ،اﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ. ٣ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺟﺎﻫﺰاً ﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ TALK ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: .
اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ راﺟﻊ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳌﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ اﺿﻐـﻂ HOLD ERASE TALK .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎً اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ أو ًﻻ ﺛﻢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ . TALK ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﺧﻄﺄ، ﳌﺴﺢ اﳋﻄﺄ ﺛﻢ أدﺧﻞ اﻷرﻗﺎم اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ أي ﻣﻦ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ أو ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ FUNCTION /PAUSE ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ واﺻﻠﺔ ).
اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ، أو ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ وأراد أن ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎً ،اﺿﻐﻂ STARTﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ﻋﻠﻲ إﻋﻄﺎء ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﺷﺎرة ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺒﺪء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. START ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻲ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺳﻴﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل آﻟﻴﺎً.
ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ٤ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم. )ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ(. ﻣﺜﺎل :ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ،أو ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﳋﺎص. COMMON DIAL ST: SEARCH FUNCTION: ENTRY FUNCTION /PAUSE .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي( ) :TSاﻟﺒﺤﺚ( )اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ :إدﺧﺎل( ENTER TEL # . )أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ( • ﳌﺴﺢ ﺧﻄﺄ ،اﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺣﺮف إﳒﻠﻴﺰي ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﳊﺮف ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﳊﺮف اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ. ﻹدﺧﺎل أﺣﺪ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ أو ٧ اﺿﻐﻂ . START ٨ ارﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮة ٢ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ رﻗﻢ أﺧﺮ ،أو اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر: SELECT SEARCH S: COMMON T: PRIVATE )ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ( ) :Sﻋﺎدي( ) :Tﺧﺎص( OFF OFF ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج. اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ ١ اﺿﻐﻂ SEARCH ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺣﺪاث ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ﻓﻲ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﳋﻄﻮات: .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ١ اﺿﻐﻂ SEARCH ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: SELECT SEARCH S: COMMON T: PRIVATE )ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ( ) :Sﻋﺎدي( ) :Tﺧﺎص( ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ أو ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ FUNCTION /PAUSE ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳉﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ٩اﺿﻐﻂ OFF OFF ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج. ﻣﺴﺢ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﳌﺴﺢ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ ،ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﳋﻄﻮات: ١ اﺿﻐﻂ SEARCH ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: SELECT SEARCH S: COMMON T: PRIVATE )ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ( ) :Sﻋﺎدي( ) :Tﺧﺎص( ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ . HOLD ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ . START ٦ اﺿﻐﻂ أو ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم، ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﳋﺎص.
إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ١ اﺿﻐﻂ REDIAL .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺄﺧﺮ رﻗﻢ ﰎ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺄرﻗﺎم إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ .ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ أرﻗﺎم إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. . • راﺟﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻟﻀﻤﺎن أن اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳌﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ .
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻴﺰة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ ﻳﺮن ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. ٤ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺮد. ٥ ﲢﺪث ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ .ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﻌًﺪا ﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ 0ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻴﺰة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ INTERCOM 1: BOB رﻗﻢ واﺳﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ )ﻧﻈﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ( ) :١ﺑﻮب( ٤ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ أي ﻣﻔﺘﺎح )ﻋﺪا ٥ ﲢﺪث ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ .ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪاً ﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ OFF OFF .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ٣ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺻﻮت ﺟﺮس ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻬﺎ ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮد. OFF OFF .
ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ورود ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ورود ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ،ﻳﺠﺐ أو ًﻻ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻲ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ )اﺿﻐﻂ OFF OFF ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ( ،ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻲ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ أي ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻋﺪا OFF OFF ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو ارﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ(. ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو إﻟﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ٣ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺟﺮس ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﶈﺪدة أو ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. ٤ ﻳﺮد اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. .٢ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ • ﻟﻠﺮد ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﶈﺪدة ،اﺿﻐﻂ TALK ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻫﺬه .وﻟﻠﺮد ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﲢﺪﻳﺪه ،ارﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ. • إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺮد ﺧﻼل دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ﺳﺘﻄﻠﻖ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺻﻮت ﺟﺮس ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻬﻚ .
ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ٣ ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ .ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺟﺮس ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ٤ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ أي ﻣﻔﺘﺎح )ﻋﺪا ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ: CALL TRANSFER )ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ( ﺷﺎﺷﺎت ﻋﺮض ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: CALL TRANSFER )ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ( OFF OFF ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮد. • ﻟﻠﺮد ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﶈﺪدة ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى.
.٣اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ورﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮاﺟﺪك ﺑﺎﳋﺎرج. ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ واﺣﺪ وأرﺑﻌﺔ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺼﻠﲔ ﺗﺮك رﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﻢ. 4 ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ 3 اﺿﻐﻂ 2 1 .٣اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ،وأﺧﺮي ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ أﺧﺮ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ.
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة ) (OGMﻫﻲ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮم ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻹﺑﻼغ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺮك رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أو إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ .اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات أدﻧﺎه ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﻌﺎم ،ورﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ. ﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ: »ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎً .ﻧﺤﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ____ .ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ أﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺘﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً .ﻟﺘﺮك رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ،رﺟﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﺻﻮت اﻟﺼﻔﺎرة .
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ٤ ارﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ. ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYوﲢﺪث ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ. • أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ،ﺳﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ. .٣اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ٦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ،ﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ أو اﺿﻐﻂ . STOP ﺣﺬف رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة أو ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﳊﺬف رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة أو ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات ﻣﻦ ١إﻟﻲ ٣ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاءات أﻋﻼه ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ DELETE ﳊﺬﻓﻬﺎ أو اﺿﻐﻂ PLAY ﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ .ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ. )ENTER BOX # (1-4 )ﳌﺴﺢ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ، )أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق )((٤-١ اﺿﻐﻂ (. 2 ٥ أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻪ. ﻣﺜﺎل 1 :ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ رﻗﻢ ١ ENTER PASSCODE )ادﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ( )إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮم ﲟﺴﺢ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ،ﻓﺄدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق واﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻲ اﳋﻄﻮة .(٧ ٦ أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ٣أرﻗﺎم ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ .اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻷول ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ٠أو ٥أو ٦أو ٧أو ٨أو .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺼﺎدرة )ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،اﺿﻐﻂ STOP (. ﻟﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ A.M.إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة. ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) A.M.وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ) Toll Saverﻣﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ(( ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﺮﻧﲔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮد اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ A.M.ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ) Toll Saverﻣﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ( ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أم ﻻ ،وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻟﺪﻳﻚ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ أم ﻻ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ )ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻮدﺗﻚ ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ .اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات أدﻧﺎه ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ PLAY . • إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ )اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ( ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ PLAYﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻗﻞ. ٢ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ، ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق.
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻬﻢ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﲟﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻣﺘﻼء اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة. ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم :ﳌﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم ،اﺿﻐﻂ ،FUNCTION DELETE ﺛﻢ .START/MEMORY ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ،FUNCTION ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ إن ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ. DELETE ﻣﺴﺢ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة :ﳌﺴﺢ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة ،اﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ )ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ رﻗﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ( ،أو اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻼﻣﻚ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ) NEW MESSAGESرﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: ١ اﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﳊﺬف ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ،أو ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. اﺿﻐﻂ . /FLASH REMOTE )ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻫﺬه اﳋﻄﻮة ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ REMOTE MODE )اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(. ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ .DELETE REMOTE MODE )وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( .
ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺪة اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮاردة اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮاردة ) (ICMﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ اﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ. وﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﺮك رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ٤ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ .وﳝﻜﻨﻚ -إن أردت -ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﳌﺪة ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ١٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ،أو ٣٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ،أو ٦٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣ ﺮ ة و ا ﺣﺪ ة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ أﺣﺪ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺑﲔ ١و ٤ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﳌﺪة اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮاردة.
ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻣﺘﻼء ذاﻛﺮة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮاردة وأﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ اﳋﺎرج ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ .ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ) ON A.M. FAILUREﻓﺸﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮاردة ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ذﻟﻚ: .٣اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً » :«NOﺳﻴﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ رﻧﺔ، وﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻈﺮ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل أﻣﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ .
ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ وﺿﻊ ) OGMاﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺼﺎدرة( ﻓﻘﻂ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ -إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ -إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻮاردة .وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة ،وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﳌﺘﺼﻠﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮك رﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬا ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ( .ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ أرﺳﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ OGM FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: A.M.
وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ رﻗﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واردة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻣﻌﲔ .وﻫﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎع اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲟﺠﺮد وﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻌﻴﺪ. إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮد اﳋﺮوج وﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ،ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ .ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻮدﺗﻚ واﻟﺸﻌﻮر ﺑﻌﺪم اﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ،أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ. ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ،ﻳﺠﺐ أو ًﻻ ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ )رﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ(.
وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ وﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻚ أن ﻫﺬه اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ .وﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﺬﻟﻚ: »ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎً .ﻫﺬه ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟـ)اﺳﻤﻚ( .أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ رﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻵن«. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ اﳋﻄﻮة ٣أدﻧﺎه. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ REC/ MEMO ﻣ ﺮ ة و ا ﺣﺪ ة و ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: )OGM (TRANSFER )اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺼﺎدرة )ﲢﻮﻳﻞ(( ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. • إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳊﺬف اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ.
وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮد اﳋﺮوج وﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ،ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ: ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ. ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﺮاد ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻪ )ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺪوق ٦ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ. ٧ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﳌﺒﺮﻣﺞ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻳﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﶈﺪد .
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﳋﺎرج ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ أي ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎً اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻷواﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى. رﻗﻢ رﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ،ﻳﺠﺐ إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ رﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ،أو ﺗﻠﻚ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰم إدﺧﺎل ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻪ )ﻫﺬا اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﺸﺮوح ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ .(٦٦ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ« .
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ) Toll Saverﻣﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ( ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ،ﺳﻴﻘﻮم اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺮد ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﳌﺮﺗﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺎدﻳﻖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ،أو ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﳌﺪة أرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺮات ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل أﻳﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ. إن ﻫﺬا اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺎرﻳﻒ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪة .ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم رد اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻌﺪ رﻧﺘﲔ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮد ،ﻣﻮﻓﺮاً ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة .إذا أردت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻲ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ. ١ اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ .ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. • ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت ﺻﻔﺎرة ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ،وﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة.
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ٤ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺄي ﻣﻦ اﻵﺗﻲ: ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ • ﺗﻜﺮار :ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ،اﺿﻐﻂ 2و ﺧﻼل اﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ .ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳـﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ 2و اﻟﺜﻼث ﺛﻮان اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ. • ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎم :ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ 5و اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. ﻋ ﻠﻰ .٣اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﳝﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎً اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ أﺧﺮى ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ) FAXﻓﺎﻛﺲ( .وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ ،وﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز، ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻌﺪ رد اﳉﻬﺎز )ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ( ،ﺛﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ اﳋﻄﻮة اﺿﻐﻂ ٢أﻋﻼه. ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت: ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻮل أﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ،ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻔﺎرة واﺣﺪة .إذا ﰎ إدﺧﺎل أﺣﺪ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ اﳋﻄﺄً ،ﻓﺴﺘﺴﻤﻊ أرﺑﻊ ﺻﻔﺎرات .ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة إدﺧﺎل اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ.
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺎدرة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺻﺎدرة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ 4و ٢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﺻﻔﺎرة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة ،ﲢﺪث ﻓﻲ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة. .٣اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. • ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ ١٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ .ﺑﻌﺪ ١٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )أو ﻗﺒﻞ ذﻟﻚ إذا اﻛﺘﺸﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﺘﺮة ﺻﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث( ،ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت ﺻﻔﺎرة ،وﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة.
اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ، 9و ، 3و ٢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﺻﻔﺎرة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة ،ﲢﺪث ﻓﻲ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة. ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ. • ﻣﺪة رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺑـ ١٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ .ﺑﻌﺪ ١٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )أو ﻗﺒﻞ ذﻟﻚ إذا اﻛﺘﺸﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﺘﺮة ﺻﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث( ،ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻔﺎرة ،وﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً. ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ »ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ« ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ »ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ« ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ أو ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز .ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
.٤إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل اﳌﻘﺎس واﻟﻮزن ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻘﺎس ووزن اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة أم ﻋﺪة ﺻﻔﺤﺎت دﻓﻌﺔ واﺣﺪة. اﳊﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎس اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎس اﳊﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎس اﳊﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎس 216 mm 148 mm 148 mm 140 mm 216 mm .
ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻮد أﺧﺮي ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﳌﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﳊﺒﺮ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ أو اﻷﺻﻔﺮ اﳌﺨﻀﺮ أو اﻷزرق اﻟﻔﺎﰌ. ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﳊﺒﺮ واﻟﺼﻤﻎ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺟﺎًﻓﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮوره ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات. ﻳﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻗﺒﻞ ﲢﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ .ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدى ﻋﺪم ﻧﺰﻋﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ إﺗﻼف اﳉﻬﺎز.
ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ٣ اﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺪﻗﺔ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﻓﻲ »اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ« أدﻧﺎه ,ﺛﻢ اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺬي ﺳﺘﺮﺳﻞ إﻟﻴﻪ رﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .٧٤ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ،إن رﻏﺒﺖ ،ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ. .٤ارﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ ﻫﻮ ) STANDARDﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ( ،أﻣﺎ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ) AUTOﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(. ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ.
ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ) AUTOﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ) DARKداﻛﻦ( ١ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم AUTO )ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ. اﺳﺘﺨﺪم DARK )داﻛﻦ( ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺒﺎﻫﺘﺔ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ )اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات(. • ﻳﺠﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ RECEPTION MODEﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة أو ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: RESOLUTION/ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ )أو اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم. ( ﺛﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل SPEAKER إذا رد ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل SPEAKER اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ) .إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ،ﻳﺠﺐ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻹﺟﺮاء اﳊﺪﻳﺚ(. ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﳋﻂ واﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ رد ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻷﺧﺮ. • إن أردت ،اﺿﻐﻂ RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. .
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ٥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ .START/MEMORYﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ. • إذا ﲤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻨﺠﺎح ،ﻓﺴﻴﻄﻠﻖ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺻﻔﺎرة واﺣﺪة. • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ ،ﺳﻴﻄﻠﻖ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻔﺎرات وﻳﻄﺒﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١٠٥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﳒﺎح اﻹرﺳﺎل وﻇﻬﻮر ﻋﺒﺎرة ) DOCUMENT JAMMEDﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺸﻮر( ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ،أﺧﺮج اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ) .١٢٣ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم رد ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺘﻚ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ(.
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ .START/MEMORY ٥ أدﺧﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺮف ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﳝﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎل ١٥رﻗﻢ ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ) .إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ ،ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﻟﻲ اﳋﻄﻮة .
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ وﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺣﺪاث ﺗﻐﻴﺮات ﻓﻲ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ،أو ﻣﺴﺤﻪ، ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﳋﻄﻮات: ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ أو ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ أو 2ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ. FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: >رﻗﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ< ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ أو ﻣﺴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. 1=EDIT, 2=CLEAR )=١ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ =٢ ،ﻣﺴﺢ( • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ) CLEARﻣﺴﺢ( ،اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻲ اﳋﻄﻮة .
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ٨ اﺿﻐﻂ .START/MEMORY ٩ ارﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮة ٢ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ أو ﻣﺴﺢ رﻗﻢ آﺧﺮ ،أو اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ. اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ رﻗﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ رﻗﻢ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أو رﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ. • إن أردت ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE ﻟﻀﺒﻂ .٤ارﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ١ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ )اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات(.
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎً إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺘﺎح START/MEMORY ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺗﺼﺎل .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ رﻗﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﳊﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. ١ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ )اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات(. • إن أردت ،اﺿﻐﻂ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ.
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺂﺧﺮ رﻗﻢ ﰎ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ .ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أو إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺄرﻗﺎم إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ. • إن أردت ،اﺿﻐﻂ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة .ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >)
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ STOP ﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وإﻳﻘﺎف إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻴﺎً. ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ) ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ،إذا رد اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ إﺟﺮاء اﶈﺎوﻻت اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل. وﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﳋﻄﺄ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ أي أﺧﻄﺎء ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹرﺳﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ .ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬه اﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﳋﻄﺄ ) .
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة .وﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل وﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة .ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ إﲤﺎم اﻹرﺳﺎل. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺘﻴﺎر أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ،ﻳﻠﺰم إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ٦ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ START/MEMORYﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﻌًﺪا ﻟﺒﺪء اﻹرﺳﺎل. • ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ .راﺟﻊ ﻋﻤﻮد اﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ » «Noteﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﺘﺮى ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ إﺣﺪى ﺟﻬﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻗﺪ ﰎ اﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ » «Busyأو أن ﺑﻬﺎ رﻣﺰ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل .وإذا ﻛﺎن اﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ، ﻓﺄﻋﺪ إرﺳﺎل اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ اﳉﻬﺎت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى. اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﳝﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة إذا أردت إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ واﺣﺪة .
.٥اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TEL/FAXﻫﺎﺗﻒ/ﻓﺎﻛﺲ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ ،TEL/FAXاﺿﻐﻂ RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض إﻟﻰ .TEL/FAX RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE TEL FAX TEL/FAX A.M. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ،TEL/FAXﻳﺮد ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﺑﻌﺪ رﻧﺘﲔ .ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،ﻳﺮاﻗﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﳋﻂ ﳌﺪة ٥ﺛﻮان ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻟﻴﺮى ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎك ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻳﺠﺮى إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ. .
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) A.M.رد آﻟﻲ( ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺪة اﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺛﻼث ﻣﺮات.
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) FAXﻓﺎﻛﺲ( اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) FAXﻓﺎﻛﺲ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ ،FAXاﺿﻐﻂ RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض إﻟﻰ .FAX RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE TEL FAX TEL/FAX A.M. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ،FAXﺳﻴﺮد ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ وﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻮاردة. إذا رﻓﻌﺖ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺮد ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻵﺧﺮ و/أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺿﻊ ،TELﺻﻔﺤﺔ .٨٨ رﻧﺘﲔ .
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TELﻫﺎﺗﻒ( ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ أدﺧﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﺮﻧﲔ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب )أي رﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ٢إﻟﻰ .(٥ ﻣﺜﺎل ٣ :ﻣﺮات رﻧﲔ NUMBER OF RING )ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﺮﻧﲔ( )ENTER (2-5) (2 )أدﺧﻞ )((٢) (٥-٢ 3 ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة وﺟﻴﺰة ،ﺛﻢ: TRANSACTION )اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ( ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ.
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TELﻫﺎﺗﻒ( اﻟﺮد ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ١ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮن ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،ارﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ. ٢ إذا ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ،ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ RECEIVING )ﺟﺎري اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ. Beep RECEIVING )ﺟﺎري اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل( ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ) Fax Signal Receiveاﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٨٧ﻋﻠﻰ ) NOﻻ( ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ START/MEMORYﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل. أراد إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﺑﻌﺪ START/MEMORY اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﳊﺪﻳﺚ) .
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) TELﻫﺎﺗﻒ( اﻟﺮد ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﳋﻂ ١ رد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮن ﺟﺮﺳﻪ. ٢ إذا ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ )ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﳊﺮارة ﻋﻦ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ( ،ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ. Beep ٣ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﳊﺮارة ﻋﻦ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮد اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،أو إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﺪث ﻣﻌﻚ ﺛﻢ أراد إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻚ، ﻓﺄﺗﺮك ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ )ﻻ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ اﳋﻂ( واﲡﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وارﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ واﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺳﻴﺒﺪأ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ .وإذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﲟﻮدم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ اﳋﻂ ،ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﲤﻨﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮدم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ اﳋﻄﺄ .اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎس اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎس ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ .وﻳﻀﻤﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﺪم ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻮاف اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ .وﳝﻜﻨﻚ ،إن أردت ،إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﲟﻘﺎﺳﻬﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ. إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪاً ذو ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎس ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻓﺴﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﳉﺰء اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ .وﻓﻰ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺴﻄﻮر.
اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻓﻲ اﳊﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺬر ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ،أو اﳊﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ،أو اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق. ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ،ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﰎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎدل ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ) ADD PAPER & PRESS START KEYأﺿﻒ ورًﻗﺎ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح (STARTأو اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ) CHECK FILM / CHECK COVER / CHECK PAPER JAMاﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري /اﻟﻐﻄﺎء /اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق( .
.٦اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﳝﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎً اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺦ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات .وﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ واﺣﺪة أو ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة )ﺣﺘﻰ ٩٩ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ أﺻﻞ( ﳑﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ آﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ. ١ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ )اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات( ﻣﻊ اﲡﺎه ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ) .ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ ١٠ﺻﻔﺤﺎت(. • إن أردت ،اﺿﻐﻂ RECEPTION MODEﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ و/أو اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ) .ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻫﻮ ) FINEدﻗﻴﻖ((.
اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ،اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺿﺒﻂ copy cut-off )ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ اﳉﺰء اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ أو ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ .اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ) YESﻧﻌﻢ( )ﻗﻄﻊ اﳉﺰء اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ( .ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة أدﻧﺎه. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ YES FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. OPTION SETTING )ﺿﺒﻂ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر( ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
.٧وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ،ﳝﻜﻦ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ إﻇﻬﺎر اﺳﻢ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻼم ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ. ﻫﺎم: ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ،ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ. ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻼم ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﺳﻢ ورﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وأﻳﻀﺎً ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺮﻧﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﺮض اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﳋﻂ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ .ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ.
إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮًﻛﺎ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ وﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ٣٠ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ و رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﰎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬه اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ،واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ ورﻗﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ. ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﻟـ ٣٠ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،ﺳﺘﺤﺬف ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة أﻗﺪم ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ. ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻞ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر.
إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﺣﺬف ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ إذا أردت ﺣﺬف ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ 0أﺛﻨﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض .ﳊﺬف ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻲ 0ﳌﺪة ٣ﺛﻮان ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻗﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض أي رﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ. ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎً ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ، ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺄي رﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ) .
إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﳋﻄﻮات ﳌﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ . HOLD ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ . START ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ: .REVIEW REVIEW CALLS ST: REVIEW )ﻋﺮض اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت( ) :TSﻋﺮض( ?ERASE ALL PRESS START KEY ERASE )ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻜﻞ؟( )اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح »اﺑﺪأ«( • ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء ،اﺿﻐﻂ OFF OFF .
إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ )ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ 1ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ. ٥ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ ٢٠رﻗﻤﺎ(. ٦ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﳊﻔﻆ )أو ﳌﺴﺢ( اﻟﺮﻗﻢ. ٧ اﺿﻐﻂ STOPﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ. )ﳌﺴﺢ رﻗﻢ ﰎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ 2واﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻲ اﳋﻄﻮة .
ﻣﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ) Anti Junk Faxﻣﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ( ﲟﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺬي ﲢﺪده .وﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻮرق ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ أﻳﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ .ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ أﻳﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣ ﺮ ا ت. ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
.٨ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ .٨ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ واﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ .وﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه .ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ أو ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٥ اﺿﻐﻂ START/MEMORYﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ. FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﻣﺮﺗﲔ. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: LISTING MODE )وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﺮد( ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض.
ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ. ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎراﺗﻚ اﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻮاﺑﻂ اﳌﻔﺘﺎح ) FUNCTIONوﻇﻴﻔﺔ( .ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﺳﻤﻚ ورﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ/اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﰎ إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ اﳉﻬﺎز، وﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ رأس ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ) HEADER PRINTرأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(.
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل أﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﻬﺎ .ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻗﻲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ. ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت SENDER/RECEIVERاﺳﻢ أو رﻗﻢ اﳉﻬﺎز اﻵﺧﺮ اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ .وﻳﻈﻬﺮ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺰودًا ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ )) (IDﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل.(«G3» ، START اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺑﺪأت ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل/اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل.
ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﺷﺮط ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮط ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﳋﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ١ اﺿﻐﻂ ٢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ٣ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ٤ اﺿﻐﻂ رﻗﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ 1إﻟﻰ 5ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮط اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ. FUNCTION ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة. ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة و ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض: OPTION SETTING )ﺿﺒﻂ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر( ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة.
.٩اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ .٩اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﲔ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ أداء. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :اﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ درج اﻟﻮرق ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ. ١ اﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺛﻢ اﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر واﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ .( 1 ٢ اﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ. ٣ اﻣﺴﺢ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻜﺤﻮل ﻣﺬﻳﺐ أو ﻛﺤﻮل ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ. 2 1 ﲢﺬﻳﺮ: • ﲡﻨﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو اﳌﺨﻔﻔﺎت .ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺄي ﺷﻲء ﺻﻠﺐ.
اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ٤ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ. ٥ ﻟﻒ اﻟﺘﺮس اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﺪ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺮارﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ(. زﺟﺎج اﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ واﻟﺒﻜﺮات ﻧﻈﻒ زﺟﺎج اﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ واﻟﺒﻜﺮات ﻣﻦ ﺣﲔ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﺟﻮدة اﻟُﻨﺴﺦ واﻟﺼﻮر اﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :اﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ درج اﻟﻮرق ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ زﺟﺎج اﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ واﻟﺒﻜﺮات. ١ اﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ .
اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ٣ اﻣﺴﺢ زﺟﺎج اﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء( واﻟﺒﻜﺮات ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ. .٩اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ٢ اﻗﻠﺐ اﻟﺬراﻋﲔ ذوي اﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻷﻋﻠﻰ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ واﻟﺒﻘﻊ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ( .ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺆدي ﻫﺬه إﻟﻰ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﻄﻮط رأﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ واﻟﺼﻮر اﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ زﺟﺎج اﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ،ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻄﻦ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺤﻮل ﻣﺬﻳﺐ أو ﻛﺤﻮل ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ .ﲡﻨﺐ ﺳﻘﻮط أﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺤﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻜﺮات.
اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ أي ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أﺧﺮي ،ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ .ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﲔ ،رﻏﻢ أﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف وﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام.
٤ ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ وﺿﻌﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ. ٥ ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻊ اﲡﺎه واﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إﻟﻲ اﻷﻣﺎم. .٩اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ • دع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﳌﺪة ١٠ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻗﻞ. اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﺒﻮة اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻫﻴﺪرﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ .ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ .اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ اﶈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺧﻄﻂ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ وﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ.
.١٠اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل إذا واﺟﻬﺘﻚ أﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ،ﻓﺎرﺟﻊ إﻟﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ اﻵﺗﻲ. ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﳊﻞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ LINE ) ERRORﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض. ﻛﺮر ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى .وإذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﳋﻄﺄ ،اﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: • اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ TEL. LINEإﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﻮدم ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ.
اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل واﻹرﺳﺎل ﻻ ﻧﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ أو اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح SPEAKER )اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ(. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ .اﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .١٥ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ TEL. LINEوﲟﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١٦ • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳋﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .اﻧﻈﺮ »وﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل« ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .
اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل واﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﳊﻞ ﻳﺨﺮج ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺎرﻏﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﳌﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ .ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أو اﻃﺒﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮاً ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ. اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎم ﳉﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ رديء. • ﻣﻦ اﳌﻬﻢ أن ﲢﺪد اﻟﻮرق اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳊﺮاري ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .وﻧﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ورق اﻟﻠﻴﺰر اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻨﻌﻮﻣﺘﻪ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ .
اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط رأﺳﻴﺔ داﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ أو رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ. • ﺣﺎول ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ) LIGHTﺧﻔﻴﻒ( )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(٢٧ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎل ﻣﺰﻋﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ. • ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﺻﺪى ﺻﻮت )ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎل ﻣﺰﻋﺞ( إذا أﻋﺪت اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ .وﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪى ﺻﻮت ،أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ )اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ. ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. SPEAKER .
اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﳊﻞ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ وﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ داﺧﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١٩ • ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ .ﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ودﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﺤﻦ. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎت ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎر وأن اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ TEL. LINEﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﲟﻘﺒﺲ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) .
اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ واﳊﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺤﻦ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻊ اﲡﺎه واﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل إﻟﻲ اﻷﻣﺎم. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺘﺮدد ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ وﲟﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١٨ • أﻣﺴﺢ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش. • ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰم اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١١٠ ﻳُﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت ﺿﻮﺿﺎء أو ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ أﺛﻨﺎء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻬﻮاﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﲡﺎه ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(١٨ • ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ إﺣﺪاث ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ.
اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ،اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٩٧ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ. ADD PAPER & /PRESS ) START KEYأﺿﻒ ورﻗﺎ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) Startﺑﺪء( )ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﺎن اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ( اﻓﺤﺺ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ .إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺪرج ﻓﺎرﻏﺎً ،ﻓﺄﺿﻒ ورﻗﺎ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) .START/MEMORYﺑﺪء/ذاﻛﺮة( .
اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات ) FAX RX IN MEMORYﰎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة( ﰎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة وذﻟﻚ ﻷن اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺒﺪال ،أو ﻷن ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻔﺪ ،أو ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮرق .ﺳﻴﻄﺒﻊ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ. ) FUNCTION MODEاﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﰎ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ) FUNCTIONوﻇﻴﻔﺔ(. »وﻇﻴﻔﺔ«( ) LINE ERRORﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل أو اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل .اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ( )إﻳﻘﺎف( ﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى .إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﳋﻄﺄ، ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ اﳉﺰء »ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ« ،ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .
اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات ) OVER HEATارﺗﻔﺎع درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( PRINT HEAD FAIL/ YOU NEED SERVICE درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ .ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻮاﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﺗﺒﺮد رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ .إذا ﺗﻜﺮر ارﺗﻔﺎع درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة، ﻓﺤﺎول ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ) LIGHTﺧﻔﻴﻒ( )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(٢٧ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ رأس اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ وﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ.
اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات ) BUSYﻣﺸﻐﻮل( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺘﻚ إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ أو اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺟﻬﺎز أﺧﺮ)ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ( ،ﲡﺪ أن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو اﳉﻬﺎز اﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل وﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ اﻟﺮد .اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو اﳉﻬﺎز اﻷﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل .وﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﻳﻀﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳋﺎص ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. ) CALL TRANSFERﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ اﻵن. ) CHARGINGﺟﺎري اﻟﺸﺤﻦ( ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺤﻦ وﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ.
اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ واﻹﺷﺎرات ) NEW MESSAGESرﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة( ﰎ اﺳﺘﻼم رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوﻗﻚ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ )اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ( ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ .ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ إﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ،(٥٦أو ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ )اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(٥٤ ) OUT OF RANGEﺧﺎرج اﻟﻨﻄﺎق( ﺗﻘﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ .أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺳﺘﺼﺪر ﺸﺎ .ﲢﺮك ﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ أﻗﺮب إﻟﻲ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺎرة وﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺗﺸﻮﻳ ً ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ .
إزاﻟﺔ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق إزاﻟﺔ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق إزاﻟﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﶈﺸﻮر .١٠اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل أو اﻟﻨﺴﺦ، أو ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ) DOCUMENT JAMMEDﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺸﻮر( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ أو ًﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ START/MEMORYوإذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮج اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺎز ،ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاﺟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه. ﻫﺎم: ﻻ ﲢﺎول إﺧﺮاج اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﶈﺸﻮر دون ﲢﺮﻳﺮه ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه .ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ آﻟﻴﺔ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ.
إزاﻟﺔ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق ٤ اﻗﻠﺐ اﻟﺬراﻋﲔ ذوي اﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﺮة اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻷﺳﻔﻞ .ﻟﻒ اﻟﺘﺮس اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﺪ اﻟﻮرق اﳊﺮاري ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺮارﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ(. إزاﻟﺔ ورق اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﶈﺸﻮر ١ اﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )اﺿﻐﻂ .( 1 ٢ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻮرق اﶈﺸﻮر إﻟﻰ ﺧﺎرج اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺮﻓﻖ وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد أﺟﺰاء ﳑﺰﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻜﺮات.
اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ﺿﻊ اﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﳌﺮاد إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ )ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ ١٠ﺻﻔﺤﺎت( ووﺟﻪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪات. اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻌﺮض إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﻄﻠﻮب. TEL FAX 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M. RESOLUTION/ RECEPTION MODE اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي TEL FAX 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M. TEL FAX SPEAKER 01-JAN 10:30 TEL/FAX A.M. . .٢اﻃﻠﺐ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ. .
اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ .١ارﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ واﺿﻐﻂ ،أو .١اﺿﻐﻂ SEARCH TALK . .٢أدﺧﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ/اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً. .٢ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎع ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ،اﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ. .٣ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺟﺎﻫﺰاً ﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ،اﺿﻐﻂ أو FUNCTION /PAUSE ﺛﻢ . ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ، OFF OFF ﳌﺴﺢ ﺧﻄﺄ ،اﺿﻐﻂ . HOLD . ERASE إﺟﺮاء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻵﻟﻲ .
أ اﻟﻔﻬﺮس اﻻﺗﺼﺎل آﻟﻲ٧٩ ،٤٠ ، اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ٨٠ ، اﻟﻌﺎدي٧٥ ،٣٦ ، اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ٨٠ ، اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي٧٥ ،٣٦ ، اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻌﺎدي٧٥ ،٣٦ ، اﻹﺷﺎرات اﳌﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ١٢٢ ، أرﻗﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ إﻇﻬﺎر رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ٩٦-١٠١ ، اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ وﺿﻊ ٥٩ ،A.M.
اﻟﻔﻬﺮس ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ٢٧ ، ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪل اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل٩٢ ، ﻣﻘﺒﺲ١٦ ،TEL.LINE . ن ع ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ٥٣ ،A.M.
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة أدﻧﺎه ﻫﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ .ﻗﻢ ﺑﻘﺼﻬﺎ وﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﳋﺎرج. دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ .١اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ، واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ #ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة. .٢إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺼﻨﺪوق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎدﺧﻞ رﻗﻤﻪ. .٣أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ أو رﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ اﳋﺎص ﺑﻚ: .٤اﺿﻐﻂ . # .
أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ • اﻟﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ .............................................. ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ/ﺗﻜﺮار # 2 ........................................ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎم # 5 ................................................... إﻳﻘﺎف # 0 ................................................................. ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ # 6 ..................... )أوﻗﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أو ًﻻ( • ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺴﺢ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة # 3 ........................................ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ # 3 3 ............
all.
all.
FO-CC500 ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ FACSIMILE ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ FO-CC500 ﺟ ﻬ ﺎ ز ا ﻟ د ﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻴﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴﻞ .١اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ .٢اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ .٣اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺮد اﻵﻟﻲ .٤إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت .٥اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت .٦اﻟﻨﺴﺦ .٧وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ .٨ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ .٩اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ .
